)VP-DX100(i VP-DX100H VP-DX102 )VP-DX103(i VP-DX104 )VP-DX105(i ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVD ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺗﺠﺴﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ Samsungﺭﺍ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻧﻤﻮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺳﭙﺎﺳﮕﺰﺍﺭﻳﻢ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ ﺗﺮ ،ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ www.samsung.com/global/register 2008-03-10 ¿ÀÈÄ 3:41:03 (AD68-02550M)VP-DX100_IRAN_IB.
ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻴﺪﻱ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ٣ ١\٢ﺍﻳﻨﭽﻲ ﺿﺒﻂ DVD-VIDEOﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﻫﺎﻱ ٣ ١/٢ﺍﻳﻨﭽﻲ ) ٨ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﻱ( ) DVD-RW/+RW/-R/+R DLﺩﻭﻻﻳﻪ(. ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ٢.٧ﺍﻳﻨﭻ LCDﻋﺮﻳﺾ ) ١١٢) (١۶:٩ﻫﺰﺍﺭ ﭘﻴﻜﺴﻞ( ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢.٧ﺍﻳﻨﭻ LCDﻋﺮﻳﺾ ) ،(١۶:٩ﻭﺿﻮﺡ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻗﺪﺭﺕ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ .
ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﻲ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ : ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻣﺮگ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺟﺪﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﻲ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯﻱ ،ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ،ﺑﺮﻕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻲ ،ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ ﺧﻮﺩ ،ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ ﺍﺳﺎﺳﻲ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ: ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻱ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺗﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺭﺟﺎﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ.
ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﺋﻲ • • • • • • ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ MPEG 2ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ ،DVDﻓﺮﻣﺖ MPEG4ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ) (SD-VIDEOﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ. ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ. ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﻬﻢ ،ﻳﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ،ﻣﺪﻟﻬﺎﻱ ) VP-DX100(i)/DX100H/DX102/DX103(i)/DX104/DX105(iﺭﺍ ﭘﻮﺷﺶ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ .ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺪﻟﻬﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺣﺮﻑ “ ”iﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲ “ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺁﻧﺎﻟﻮگ” ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ VP-DX103(i)/DX104/DX105(i) .ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺩﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ .ﺍﮔﺮﭼﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﻇﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﻣﺪﻟﻬﺎﻱ ) DX105(iﻭ VP-DX100(i)/DX100H/DX102/DX103(i)/DX104ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺍﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻳﻜﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﺪﻝ ) VP-DX105( iﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ.
ﻧﻜﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻲ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﺬﻛﺮ ﻣﻬﻢ • • • • • • • • • • ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ﻛﺮﻳﺴﺘﺎﻝ ﻣﺎﻳﻊ ) (LCDﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ: ﺻﻔﺤﻪ LCDﻳﻚ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ :ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻭﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺷﻲ ﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﻙ ﺗﻴﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺁﻥ ﻧﺰﻧﻴﺪ. ﺍﮔﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ LCDﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻲ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮓ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺎﻫﻤﺎﻫﻨﮕﻲ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻱ ﺑﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺁﻣﺪ ،ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﭼﻨﺪ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺻﺒﺮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
• • • • • • • • ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻗﻮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺮﻳﺪ: ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻲ ﻗﻮﻱ ،ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺮﺝ ﺁﻧﺘﻦ ﺭﺍﺩﻳﻮﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺳﺎﻳﻞ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺻﺪﺍﻭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﺯﻳﺖ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ .ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺻﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺻﺪﺍ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﭘﺎﺭﺍﺯﻳﺖ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺑﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ،ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺩﭼﺎﺭ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ٠۶ ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVD ٠٩ ١٠ ١١ ١٢ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﭼﭗ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ١٣ ١۴ ١۵ ١۶ ٢١ ٢٢ ٢۶ ٢۶ ٢٧ ٢٧ ٢٨ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ )) VP-DX102/DX104/DX105(iﻓﻘﻂ( ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVD ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVD ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ) ( ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ :DVDﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺒﻂ ٣٠ ٣٠ ٣٢ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ )) VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ :DVDﺿﺒﻂ/ﭘﺨﺶ ٣٣ ٣۵ ٣۶ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﺪﻳﺎﻥ )ﺣﺎﻟﺖ (EASY.
ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻮ ۶٢ ۶٣ ۶۵ ٧٨ ٧٨ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻮ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺿﺒﻂ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻮ ﭼﺎپ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻫﺎ )) VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( ٨٣ ٨۴ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭼﺎپ DPOF ﭼﺎپ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ PictBridge ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻱ ٨۶ ٨٨ ٨٩ ٩٠ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺻﺪﺍﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ DVD/HDD ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻭﻳﺲ ﭘﻼﺱ ﺿﺒﻂ )ﻛﭙﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ( ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﺘﻮ
ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ٩٩ ١٠٠ ١٠٣ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺸﻮﺭ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻻﺕ ١٠۴ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻓﻨﻲ ١١٣ ٠۵_Farsi 2008-03-10 ¿ÀÈÄ 3:41:11 (AD68-02550M)VP-DX100_IRAN_IB.
ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ،ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺭﺍ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺟﻊ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ :١ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ • ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١٨ • ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﻬﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ٢٩ ,٢٨ • ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ )ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﻭ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ( )) VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣٠ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. - ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ .
ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ :٢ﺿﺒﻂ • • ۵۶ ,٣٧~٣٣ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ٣٧ ٣٣ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﻜﺲ )) VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ۵٧ ���� ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ :٣ﭘﺨﺶ /ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ • • • ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ۵٩~۵٨ ,٣٨ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ )) VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( ﻳﺎ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ٩٧ ,٩٠~٨۶ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺳﻠﻴﻘﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ )ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ) DVD-RWﺣﺎﻟﺖ (VRﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ( ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ۴۶~۴٠
ﻣﻌﺮﻓﻲ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﻲ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. DVD-R DVD +R DL ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ DVDﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ DVDﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺮﺩ. ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺟﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ، ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ DVD -RW VIDEO ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ VR DVD +RW • • • • • • • • • ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ DVD ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﻫﺎﻱ DVD-RWﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ VRﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ.
ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVD ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺷﻤﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻌﺒﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ،ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻳﺎﻥ Samsungﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ. ✪ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVD ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺟﻠﻮ ﻭ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ���� ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﺯ/ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻟﻨﺰ ﻟﻨﺰ ﺳﻨﺴﻮﺭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ )) VP-DX102/DX104/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( ﭼﺮﺍﻍ )) VP-DX102/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﻗﻼﺏ ﺗﺴﻤﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺗﺴﻤﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﻴﺮﻩ ﮔﺮﺩﺍﻥ ﻗﺎﺏ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ١٠_Farsi 2008-03-10 ¿ÀÈÄ 3:41:18 (AD68-02550M)VP-DX100_IRAN_IB.
ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﭼﭗ ﻭ ﺯﻳﺮ ( ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ) ﺩﻛﻤﻪ EASY Q ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ FINALIZE ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ )ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ( ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ )(DISC/CARD )) (VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ LCD ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ/ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ )ﺑﺎﻻ/ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ/ﺭﺍﺳﺖ/ﭼﭗ/ﺗﺎﻳﻴﺪ(W/T ، ﺩﻛﻤﻪ MENU ﺳﺮﭘﻴﭻ ﺳﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺷﻜﺎﻑ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ )) (VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( ١١_Farsi 2008-03-10 ¿ÀÈÄ 3:41:19 (AD68-02550M)VP-DX100_IRAN_IB.
ﺁﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVD ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﭘﺸﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﺏ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺯﻭﻡ )/(W/Tﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻱ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( i )) PHOTOﻓﻘﻂ( ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ / MODEﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ )ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ) (/ﭘﺨﺶ ) (( ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ/ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ACCESS/CHG ﻛﻠﻴﺪ OPEN ﻓﻴﺶ ﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ AV ﻓﻴﺶ VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( i )) USBﻓﻘﻂ( /ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﻓﻴﺶ AV ﻓﻴﺶ ﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ DC IN ﻛﻠﻴﺪ POWER ١٢_Farsi 2008-03-10 ¿ÀÈÄ 3:41:21 (AD68-02550M)VP-DX100_IRAN_IB.
ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺨﺶ ،ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺑﺪﺍﻧﻴﺪ ،ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ،ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ،ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺪ.
ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ )ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ( .١ﺻﻔﺤﻪ LCDﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪﻚ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ) BATT .ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ( ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻓﻠﺶ ﺑﻠﻐﺰﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺷﻮﺩ. .٢ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ. .٣ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﻜﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺜﺒﺖ ) (+ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﺎﻑ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺝﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ.
ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVD ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺴﻤﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺗﺎ ﺑﺨﺶ ﺗﺤﺘﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﺷﺴﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ،ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﺩﺳﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ/ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺿﺒﻂ، ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ،PHOTOﻭ ﺍﻫﺮﻡﺯﻭﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺎﻧﺪﺍﺯﻳﺪ. ﻃﻮﻝ ﺗﺴﻤﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ/ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﺷﺴﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ،ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺘﻲ ﭘﺎﻳﺪﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. .١ﺗﺴﻤﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ • • ﺩﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺮﺩ. ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﺗﻐﺬﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ :ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻮﺍﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ. -ﺁﺩﺍﭘﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ :ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺷﺎﺭژ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺧﻮﺩ ،ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. .
ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ • ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻴﻄﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺑﻴﻦ ٠ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ) ٣٢ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻓﺎﺭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﻭ ۴٠ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ) ١٠۴ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻓﺎﺭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ( ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺍﻣﺎ ،ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺩﻣﺎﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ )ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ٠ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻴﮕﺮﺍﺩ ) ٣٢ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﻓﺎﺭﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ(( ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ،ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﻱ ﺁﻥ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻳﺎﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺍﺩ ،ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﻛﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻴﺐ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻞ ﮔﺮﻡ ﻭ ﻣﺤﻔﻮﻅ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ ،ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ • • .١ .٢ .٣ .۴ .۵ .۶ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ POWER ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ IA-BP٨٠Wﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻤﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﻛﻠﻴﺪ POWERﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﻐﺰﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ٢ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺻﻔﺤﻪ LCDﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ١ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١۶ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﻓﻴﺶ DC IN/USB/AVﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ۴ ﺁﺩﺍﭘﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﺶ DC INﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ً ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺷﺎﺭژ ،ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ )ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺯﻭﻡ ،ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ( ً ﻛﺎﻣﻼ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ: ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺷﻤﺎ ،ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺷﺪﻥ LCD ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﺏ ١ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ۵٠ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ ۶٠ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ۶۵ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ “ﻋﺎﻟﻲ” ﻣﻴﺒﺎﺷﺪ.ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ “ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ” ﻳﺎ “ﻋﺎﺩﻱ” ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺁﮔﺎﻫﻲ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ .
ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺑﺎ ﺁﺩﺍﭘﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺗﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺩﻳﺴﻜﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﺁﺩﺍﭘﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺩﻳﻮﺍﺭﻱ ﺧﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﺰﻧﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١٨ ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﺍﺯ ﺁﺩﺍﭘﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .
ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVD ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVD ���� ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ POWERﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ،ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ • ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ )) VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( ﻭ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ MODEﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ،ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. .١ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ DISCﻳﺎ CARDﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ VP-DX103(i)/DX104/DX105(i)) .
ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVD ]0:00:00 [30 min ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ 21 1/50 1/25 • • • • 01/01/2008 00:00 ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ DVD-RWﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ. ﺷﻜﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺻﺮﻓﺎً ﺟﻨﺒﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻲ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ :ﺍﻳﻦ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍً ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ * ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ٨ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ.
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVD 0:00:59 In ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ VP-DX100i/DX103i/DX105i ) AVﻓﻘﻂ( 02 001 ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ )ﭘﺨﺶ/ﻣﻜﺚ( ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ )ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﭙﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ( ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ )ﺩﻳﺴﻚ( ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ )ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ( ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ )/-RW Videoﻓﻘﻂ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ (VR ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ 01/01/2008 00:00 ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ/ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻱ ﺻﺪﺍ ٢٣_Farsi 2008-03-10 ¿ÀÈÄ 3:41:45 (AD68-02550M)VP-DX100_IRAN_
ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ]0:00:00 [64 min ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ 4830 ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ 29 01/01/2008 00:00 ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ )ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ )ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻜﺎﺭ( ﻳﺎ ●)ﺿﺒﻂ(( ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ )ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ( ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ )ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ( ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ )ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ( ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻜﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﺯﻭﻡ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ/ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻮﺭﺩﻫﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ* ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ* ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺳﻔﻴﺪﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ).
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ )ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ( 0:00:03 ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ Activate Remote Control 02 02 01/01/2008 00:00 100-0002 ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ )ﭘﺨﺶ/ﻣﻜﺚ( ﻛﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ )ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﭙﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ( ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ )ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ( ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ )ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﻴﻤﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ( ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻙ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ )ﻧﺎﻡ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ-ﻓﺎﻳﻞ( ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻱ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ/ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ )ﻋﻜﺲ( ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺳﻼﻳﺪ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺗﺼﻮ
ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ) ( ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ: ( ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﻛﻠﻴﺪ POWERﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﻐﺰﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ) ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ،ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ) OSDﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ( ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. • ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻛﺎﻣﻞ :ﻛﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ. • ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ :ﻓﻘﻂ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ LCD ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ LCD .١ﺻﻔﺤﻪ LCDﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺘﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ٩٠ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. .٢ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﭽﺮﺧﺎﻧﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ ،DVDﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ LCDﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ • • ﭼﺮﺧﺎﻧﺪﻥ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻟﻮﻻﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ LCDﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ،ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ. ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ LCDﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٧٩ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ :ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ • • • ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢١ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ،ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ) (OSDﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺿﺒﻂ ،ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ/ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ،ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢١ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭ ،ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ/ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ/ﻋﻜﺲ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ )) VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( .١ﺩﻛﻤﻪ MENUﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. • ﻣﻨﻮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. .٢ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ “ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ” ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﭼﭗ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. • ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. .٣ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ “ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ” ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. • ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ.
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ :DVDﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ )) VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ )ﺩﻳﺴﻚ DVDﻳﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ( ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﻨﺎﺑﺮﺍﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺨﺶ ،ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ DVDﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ. ﺩﻳﺴﻚ DVDﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ.
• • ﺗﺴﻤﻪ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺰﺍﺣﻢ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ. ﻗﺎﺏ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺩﺍﭘﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﻌﻪ ﻟﻴﺰﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ .ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﻳﻪ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮ ،ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﻗﺮﺍﺭﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻙ ﻟﻴﺰﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ. ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺴﻢ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺯﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻧﮕﺎﻩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ :DVDﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ .١ .٢ .٣ .۴ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ OPENﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻓﻠﺶ ﺑﻠﻐﺰﺍﻧﻴﺪ. ﻗﺎﺏ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ. • ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﻗﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻟﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ﻣﺮﻛﺰﻱ ﻣﺤﻮﺭ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻴﺪ ،ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺭﺍ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ. • ﻗﺎﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ. • • • • • ( ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ.
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ :DVDﺿﺒﻂ/ﭘﺨﺶ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ • • • .١ .٢ .٣ .۴ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ،ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ DISCﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. )) VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣٠ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ (VP-DX102/DX104/DX105(i )) .ﻓﻘﻂ( ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١٣ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺩﻭ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ/ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ .ﻳﻚ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ LCDﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ .
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ :DVDﺿﺒﻂ/ﭘﺨﺶ • • • • • • • • • • • • ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ٧٢٠X۵٧۶ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺑﻴﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﻧﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ،ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٢ﺭﺍ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﻲ ﺿﺒﻂ ،ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣٢ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻴﻨﻴﺪ. ﺻﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻴﺪﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ .ﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺟﻠﻮﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﻣﺴﺪﻭﺩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﺿﺒﻂ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺒﺘﺪﻳﺎﻥ )ﺣﺎﻟﺖ (EASY.Q ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ EASY.Qﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ • ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﻔﺼﻞ ﺁﺳﻮﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ. ﻛﻠﻴﺪ POWERﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﻐﺰﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ. .١ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ DISCﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( i )) .ﻓﻘﻂ( • ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣٠ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ EASY Qﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. .
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ :DVDﺿﺒﻂ/ﭘﺨﺶ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ )) VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( • • .١ .٢ .٣ .۴ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ.ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢١ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ PHOTOﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ،ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻜﺚ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻴﮕﺮﺩﺩ. ﻛﻠﻴﺪ POWERﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﻐﺰﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ DISCﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﺩﻛﻤﻪ MODEﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ .
ﺯﻭﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺯﻭﻡ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﻠﻮﺯﺁپ )ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ( ﻳﺎ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﺑﺎﺯ )ﺩﻭﺭ( ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ ،DVDﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻭﻡ ﻧﻮﺭﻱ ﻗﺪﺭﺗﻤﻨﺪ ٣۴xﻭ ﺯﻭﻡ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ١٢٠٠x ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. • ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺯﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻﻱ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. • ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ) (W/Tﺑﻄﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ،ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺯﻭﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺯﻭﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ) Tﺗﻠﻪ( ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ :DVDﺿﺒﻂ/ﭘﺨﺶ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ • • • • .١ .٢ .٣ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ.ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢١ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ MODEﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ. ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲ ،ﻳﻚ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﺯ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ VP-DX102/DX104/DX105( i )) .ﻓﻘﻂ( ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١٣ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ POWERﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﻐﺰﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ LCDﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻱ ﺻﺪﺍ • • • ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺯﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ،ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻱ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ. ﺑﻠﻨﺪﻱ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﻦ ٠ﻭ ١٩ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩ. ﺍﮔﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ LCDﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ ،ﺍﺯ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮ ﺻﺪﺍﻳﻲ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺷﻨﻴﺪ. 0:00:59 02 ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﮔﻮﻧﺎﮔﻮﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ 012 ﭘﺨﺶ /ﻣﻜﺚ /ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﻴﺪ ،ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﻣﻜﺚ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ. • ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﭘﺨﺶ ،ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ :DVDﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ • • • • .١ .٢ .٣ .۴ .۵ .۶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ. ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎﻱ ) DVD-RWﺣﺎﻟﺖ (VRﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﺮﺩ. ﻛﻠﻴﺪ POWERﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﻐﺰﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ DISCﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ .
ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ )ﺣﺬﻑ ﺟﺰﺋﻲ( • • • .١ .٢ .٣ .۴ .۵ .۶ .٧ .٨ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ.ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢١ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ DISCﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( i )) .ﻓﻘﻂ( ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣٠ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺟﺰﻳﻲ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺩﻛﻤﻪ MENUﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﭼﭗ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ “ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ” ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ “ﺣﺬﻑ ﺟﺰﻳﻲ” ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ :DVDﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ) ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ) (( ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﭼﻴﺴﺖ؟ • ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﻳﻚ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺑﺴﺎﺯﻳﺪ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ،ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﺍﻓﺰﻭﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ،ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ. • ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ) DVD-RWﺣﺎﻟﺖ (VRﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ. ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺒﻂ DVD-RW ،ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ VRﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .
ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ. • ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ DISCﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( i )) .ﻓﻘﻂ( ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣٠ • ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺁﻭﺭﻱ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺑﺮﮔﺰﻳﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﻳﻚ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺴﺎﺯﻳﺪ. • ﺷﻤﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺴﺎﺯﻳﺪ. • .١ .٢ .٣ .۴ .۵ .۶ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ) ( ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ.
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ :DVDﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ. • ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ DISCﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( i )) .ﻓﻘﻂ( ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣٠ • ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺤﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ،ﻣﺮﺗﺐ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • .١ .٢ .٣ .۴ .۵ .۶ .٧ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ) ( ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ. • ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ DISCﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( i )) .ﻓﻘﻂ( ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣٠ • ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • .١ .٢ .٣ .۴ .۵ .۶ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ) ( ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ.
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ :DVDﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ • • • ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ. ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ DISCﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( i )) .ﻓﻘﻂ( ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣٠ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺨﺸﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. .١ .٢ .٣ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ MENUﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺳﭙﺲ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﭼﭗ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ “ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ” ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ “ﺣﺬﻑ ﺟﺰﻳﻲ” ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ :DVDﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ • • .١ .٢ .٣ .۴ .۵ .۶ .٧ ﺍﺧﻄﺎﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢١ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎﻱ DVD-RW/-R/+R DLﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ/ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ/ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮﻫﺎﻱ ،DVDﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ. ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺍﮔﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺩﺍﭘﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻴﺶ ﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺑﺪﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ :DVDﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﻭﻥ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ DVDﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ DVDﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. • ﺍﮔﺮ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﭘﺨﺶ DVDﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻧﺸﺪ ،ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺴﺘﺠﻮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ، • ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ DVDﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ٣ ١/٢ﺍﻳﻨﭽﻲ ) ٨ﺳﺎﻧﺘﻲ ﻣﺘﺮﻱ( ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ DVDﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ’ ‘Windows Media Playerﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ.
ﻧﻬﺎﻳﯽ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ) ) • • ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ .ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢١ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ DVD-RWﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ VRﻳﺎ Videoﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﻣﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﻏﻴﺮﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻏﻴﺮﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﻫﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺍﮔﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺩﺍﭘﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻓﻴﺶ ﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ﺑﺪﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. .١ .٢ .٣ .۴ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ POWERﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﻐﺰﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ .
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ :DVDﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ • • .١ .٢ .٣ .۴ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ .ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢١ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ،ﻫﻤﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﻛﻠﻴﺪ POWERﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﻐﺰﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢١ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ DISCﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ VP-DX103(i)/DX104/DX105(i)) .
ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ • • ) ) ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ .ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢١ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﺎﻡ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ،ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ،ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ. ﺗﻮﺟﻪ :ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣٠ .١ﻛﻠﻴﺪ POWERﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﻐﺰﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢١ .٢ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ DISCﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ VP-DX103(i)/DX104/DX105(i)) .ﻓﻘﻂ( ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣٠ .
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ) ) VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ ،DVDﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﺎﻑ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﭼﻨﺪﮔﺎﻧﻪ • ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺳﻲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎﻱ ) SDﺍﻳﻤﻦ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ( ﻭ MMC )ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ( ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻛﺎﺭﺗﻬﺎ ،ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ. ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ .١ﻗﺎﺏ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. .٢ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﺎﻑ ﺟﺎﻱ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﺵ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ.
ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ SD • ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ SDﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮﺋﻴﭻ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ .ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺳﻮﻳﻴﭻ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻙ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻲ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ SDﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ،ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﺤﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ،ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ) MMCﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﭼﻨﺪ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ( >
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ) ) VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( ﻧﻜﺎﺗﻲ ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ • Samsungﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﻓﺘﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﺳﻮء ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻝ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ. • ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺪﺭ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﺴﺘﻪ ﺳﺎﻛﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻠﺪ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺪﺗﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺑﺮﻭﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻌﻨﻲ ﻧﻘﺺ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ.
ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ١٢٨ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ٨ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ٢۵۶ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ١۶ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ۵١٢ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ٣٢ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ١ﮔﻴﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ۶۴ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ٢ﮔﻴﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ١٢٠ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ١٢٨ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ٢۵۶ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ۵١٢ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ١ﮔﻴﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ٢ﮔﻴﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ۶٠٠ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ١٢٠٠ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ٢۴٠٠
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ) ) VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ • • • .١ .٢ .٣ .۴ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ،ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ CARDﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ VP-DX104/DX105( i )) .ﻓﻘﻂ( ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١٣ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺩﻭ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ/ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﺭﺍﺋﻪ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ .ﻳﻚ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺸﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ LCDﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ .
ﻋﻜﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ • • ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ،ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ CARDﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ،ﻋﻜﺲ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ .ﺻﻔﺤﻪ VP-DX104/DX105( i )) ١٣ﻓﻘﻂ( ]0:00:00 [64 min ﺁﻣﺎﺩﻩ 4830 .١ﻛﻠﻴﺪ POWERﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ. • ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ CARDﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣٠ .٢ﻣﺘﻦ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ LCDﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ) ) VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ • • • • ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ.ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢١ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ MODEﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ. ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﻨﺪﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﻲ ،ﻳﻚ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﺯ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .ﺻﻔﺤﻪ VP-DX104/DX105( i )) ١٣ﻓﻘﻂ( .
ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻋﻜﺴﻬﺎ • ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ.ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢١ • ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻋﻜﺴﻬﺎﻱ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. .١ﻛﻠﻴﺪ POWERﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﻐﺰﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ LCDﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ CARDﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣٠ • ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ LCDﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٧٩ ( ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. .٢ﺩﻛﻤﻪ MODEﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺍﺯ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺑﺮﺟﺴﺘﻪ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻜﺲ ) • ﻧﻤﺎﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻛﻮﭼﻚ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ.
ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ) ) VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﭘﺎﻙ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻲ • • • .١ .٢ .٣ .۴ .۵ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ.ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢١ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻙ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺗﻔﺎﻗﻲ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﻬﻢ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﮔﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻫﻤﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﭘﺎﻙ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﻛﻠﻴﺪ POWERﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﻐﺰﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ. • ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ CARDﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .
ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ • • • • .١ .٢ .٣ .۴ .۵ .۶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ. ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻧﺎﺧﻮﺍﺳﺘﻪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻐﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻛﺮﺩ. ﻛﻠﻴﺪ POWERﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﻐﺰﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ. • ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ CARDﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ .ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣٠ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ MODEﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ »ﭘﺨﺶ« ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻮ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﻣﻨﻮﻫﺎ ✪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻫﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ،ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭘﻴﺮﻭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ :ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ MENU .١ .٢ .٣ .۴ .۵ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ POWERﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﻐﺰﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( i )) .ﻓﻘﻂ( ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣٠ • ﺩﻛﻤﻪ MENUﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ “ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ” ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﭼﭗ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ.
ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻮ • • ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻨﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﻛﺮﺩ ،ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻮ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺣﺬﻑ DISC ﺣﺬﻑ ﺟﺰﻳﻲ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﭼﺎپ)(DPOF ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ )ﺩﺭ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺗﻜﻲ( X X X X CARD )) VP-DX103(i)/DX104/DX105(iﻓﻘﻂ( ﻋﻜﺲ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ X X X X - ۴٠,۶١ ۴١,۴۶ ۶٠ ٧٨ ٨٣ ۵٩ : ﻣﻤﻜﻦ : X ،ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ/ﺯﻣ
ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ )(AE ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ،ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺎﻓﺮﺍﮔﻢ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ :ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ، ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ،ﻳﻜﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺶ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻭﺭﺯﺷﻲ ﭘﺮﺗﺮﻩ ﻧﻮﺭ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ/ﺑﺮﻑ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ • • • ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ - ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﻭ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ.
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻮ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺳﻔﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ ،DVDﺭﻧﮓ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ .ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺿﺒﻂ ،ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺳﻔﻴﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﻭﺯ ﺍﺑﺮﻱ ﻓﻠﻮﺭﺳﻨﺖ ﺗﻨﮕﺴﺘﻦ WBﺳﻔﺎﺭﺷﻲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ً ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺳﻔﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﻫﻴﭻ ﺍﻳﻦ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ،ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺳﻔﻴﺪﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﻴﻂ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺁﺯﺍﺩ ،ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻚ )ﻛﻠﻮﺯﺁپ( ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ.
• • • • • • ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﺤﺖ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻧﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺳﺎﺧﺘﻤﺎﻥ )ﻧﻮﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ،ﻓﻠﻮﺭﺳﻨﺖ ،ﻧﻮﺭ ﺷﻤﻊ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ( ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﺮﺩ .ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻧﻮﺭﻱ ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺭﻧﮓ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺳﻔﻴﺪﻱ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ .ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺼﻮﻝ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﻪ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ “ﺯﻭﻡ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ :ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ”)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ (٧۶ﺭﺍ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺳﻔﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻮ ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺯﻳﺮ ،ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺭﺩﻫﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ: ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺭﭘﺮﺩﺍﺯﻱ ﻣﻌﻜﻮﺱ )ﺿﺪ ﻧﻮﺭ( ﻳﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ. • ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺯﺗﺎﺏ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻳﺎ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﻜﻲ. • ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻚ ﺑﻮﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ. • • ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ “ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ) ”(AEﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﻧﻮﺭﺩﻫﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ. • ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ EASY.
ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﺧﻼﻕ ﺑﺪﻫﻴﺪ .ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﺎﻳﻠﻴﺪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ١٠ .ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﺭﻭﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ١ ٢ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻭ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ. ﻗﺮﻣﺰﻗﻬﻮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻗﻬﻮﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻣﺘﻤﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﺥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ.
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻮ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ً ﻣﻌﻤﻮﻻ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ )ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ( .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVD ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ ،DVD ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺷﻤﺎ ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺳﻮژﻩ ،ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺿﺒﻂ ،ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
• • • ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ “ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ” ﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺮﺩ .ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ،ﻫﻴﭻ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﻛﻢ ﺗﺠﺮﺑﻪ ﻫﺴﺘﻴﺪ ،ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ EASY.Qﺭﻭﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ “ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ” ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﻲ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ .
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻮ • • • • • • • ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ،ﺍﺯ ﺳﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ “ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ) ”(AEﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ،ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﺻﺎﻑ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ. ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ EASY.Qﺭﻭﻱ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ “ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ” ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ. ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ١/١٠٠٠ﻭﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ،ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎً ﺩﺭ ﻟﻨﺰ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﺎﺑﺪ.
ﺣﺬﻑ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ،ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﺍﮔﺮ “ﺣﺬﻑ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ” ﺭﻭﻱ “ﺭﻭﺷﻦ” ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺑﺨﺶ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﺮﻛﺎﻧﺲ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ،ﺣﺬﻑ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ :ﺍﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﺭ ،ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺻﺪﺍﻫﺎﻱ ﺍﺻﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺗﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ. • ﺍﺯ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﺑﺎﺩﮔﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﺎﺩ ﻭ ﺻﺪﺍﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺎﻫﺶ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ.
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻮ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺷﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ،ﻛﺎﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻛﻪ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺑﺮﺳﺪ ،ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺗﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻚ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺭﻧﮕﻬﺎ ﺑﺪﺳﺖ ﺁﻳﺪ. ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ 1/25 1/13 ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺗﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﻚ ،ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺗﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ.
ﻓﻴﺪﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﻭﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﻮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ،ﺑﻪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﺣﺮﻓﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺑﺪﻫﻴﺪ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﻓﻴﺪﺭ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ. ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻲ )ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ٣ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ( ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻣﺤﻮ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻲ )ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ٣ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ( ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺗﺪﺭﻳﺠﻲ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ/ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ “ﻓﻴﺪﺭ” ﺭﻭﻱ “ﺭﻭﺷﻦ” ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻮ ﺯﻭﻡ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺨﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ) ٣۴xﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ( ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺯﻭﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ٣۴xﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﻛﺜﺮ ١٢٠٠xﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻴﻜﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺯﻭﻡ ﻧﻮﺭﻱ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ،ﺿﺮﻳﺐ ﺯﻭﻡ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻨﻤﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﺯﻭﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ.
ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ )) VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( • ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺳﺮﻱ ﺑﺎﺯﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ • ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮﻱ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎ ،ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﺧﺘﺼﺎﺹ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺎﺯﻧﺸﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ.
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻮ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﺪﻳﺮ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ )) VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( • ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ،ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ • • • • • ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ،ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ. ﻫﻴﭻ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻟﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻴﺪﻫﺪ.
ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ/ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ LCDﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ “ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ/ﺯﻣﺎﻥ” ،ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢٩ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ • - ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ. ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ. ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ.
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻮ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﺐ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﭗ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ • • ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﭗ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻐﻮ ﻣﻴﻜﻨﺪ. ﻭﻗﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻫﺮ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﭗ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻫﻴﭻ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﭗ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﻴﺸﻮﺩ. ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺑﻴﭗ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ/ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ،ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ )) VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺭﻳﻤﻮﺕ ) ) VP-DX102/DX104/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻭﻳﺎ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﻨﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ. -ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ) ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ،ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺭﺍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ. ( ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻲ ﮔﺮﺩﺩ. ﻫﻴﭻ ﻫﻴﭻ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ.
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻮ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺭﺍ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ،ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﻲ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺑﻪ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻛﺎﺭﺧﺎﻧﻪ ،ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺎﺛﻴﺮﻱ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺩﺍﺷﺖ. ﺭﻧﮓ ﻣﻨﻮ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻣﻨﻮﻱ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻨﻮ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. “ﺁﺑﻲ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺷﺐ” “ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻲ ﻋﺸﻖ” “ ﺑﻨﻔﺶ ﺍﺳﺮﺍﺭﺁﻣﻴﺰ” “ ”Sunny Orange“ ﺳﺒﺰ ﻭﺍﺣﻪ” ﺷﻔﺎﻓﻴﺖ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺷﻔﺎﻓﻴﺖ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﻨﻮ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﭼﺎپ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻫﺎ )) VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ DPOFﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ DPOFﻳﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺑﻪ ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮ ، PictBridgeﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭼﺎپ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﻴﺪ. ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭼﺎپ DPOF • • .١ .٢ .٣ .۴ .۵ .۶ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢١ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺑﺎ ) DPOFﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﭼﺎپ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ( ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺍﺳﺖ .
ﭼﺎپ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻫﺎ )) VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( ﭼﺎپ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺑﺎ PICTBRIDGE ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ PictBridgeﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻋﻜﺲ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ USBﺑﻪ • ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮ ،ﺑﻪ ﺁﺳﺎﻧﻲ ﭼﺎپ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ. DPOFﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ PictBridgeﺩﺭﺣﺎﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٨٣ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ :ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ “ ”PictBridgeﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﻮ ،ﻛﺎﺑﻞ USBﺭﺍ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. .١ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺑﺮﻭﻳﺪ .ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ۵٩ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ CARDﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ.
ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﻬﺮ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ/ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﭼﭗ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ “ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ/ﺯﻣﺎﻥ” ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺳﭙﺲﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺩﻛﻤﻪ MENUﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭼﺎپ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ DPOF ﺍﮔﺮ ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮ ﺑﺎ DPOFﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ،ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ DPOFﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .
ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻱ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ )) VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( ﺑﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ • ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺑﺎ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ PALﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١٠٣ • ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ ﻛﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺁﺩﺍﭘﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ.
• • • • • • • ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻣﻔﻴﺪ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺑﻮﺩ. )) VP-DX102/DX104/DX105(iﻓﻘﻂ( ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﻧﻮ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ( ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻓﻴﺶ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ) (Audio Lﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻝ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻳﻚ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻛﭙﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ،ﻫﻴﭻ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻱ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ.
ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻱ ﺻﺪﺍﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ DVD/HDD ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ DVD/HDDﺻﺪﺍﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ AVﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺷﻜﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ: .١ﻛﻠﻴﺪ POWERﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﻐﺰﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﺳﭙﺲ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ LCDﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻭﻳﺲ ﭘﻼﺱ • ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ »ﻭﻳﺲ ﭘﻼﺱ« ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ .ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣٨ • ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • ﻣﻮﻗﻌﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻣﻲ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﻚ DVDﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻳﻚ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ AVﺩﻳﮕﺮ )ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ،DVDﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮ( ﻛﭙﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺟﺎﻱ ﻛﭙﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺮﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﺻﺪﺍ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ AVﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. .١ .
ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺻﻮﺗﻲ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻱ ﺿﺒﻂ )ﻛﭙﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ( ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ • • • ) VP-DX100i/DX103i/DX105iﻓﻘﻂ( ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺿﺒﻂ )ﻛﭙﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ( ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ .ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢١ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﺶ AVﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻧﻲ ﻳﺎ ﻳﻚ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﻛﭙﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ،ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ “ﻭﺭﻭﺩ/ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ”AV ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ “ﻭﺭﻭﺩﻱ” ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .
ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ) ) VP-DX103( i ) /DX104/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( ﺍﻳﻦ ﻓﺼﻞ ،ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ USBﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﺭﺍ ﺷﺮﺡ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ. ✪ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ USBﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ،ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪﻱ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ DV Media PRO ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪﻱ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ DV Media PROﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ،٣٢bit)، XP ۶۴bit)Windows Vistaﻳﺎ ٢٠٠٠ * ﭘﻴﺸﻨﻬﺎﺩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ) ) VP-DX103( i ) /DX104/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( ﻧﺼﺐ DV Media PRO ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ DV Media PROﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ Windowsﻧﺼﺐ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ،USBﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻟﺬﺕ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ. ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮVideo Codec ,DV Driver, DirectX٩.٠ : ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ/ﭘﺨﺶ ﺟﺎﺭﻱ Video Codec ,DV Driver, DirectX٩.٠ : USB ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ! ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ .
ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻛﺎﺭﺑﺮﺩﻱ Quick Time - ”Quick Time“ .١ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. QuickTimeﺗﻜﻨﻮﻟﻮژﻱ Appleﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ،ﺻﺪﺍ ،ﺍﻧﻴﻤﻴﺸﻦ ،ﮔﺮﺍﻓﻴﻚ ،ﻣﺘﻦ ،ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﻲ ،ﻭ ﺣﺘﻲ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﺠﺎﺯﻱ ٣۶٠ﺩﺭﺟﻪ • ) (VRﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. • ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ Photo Expressﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ.
ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ) ) VP-DX103( i ) /DX104/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ USB ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﭙﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ،ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ USBﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. .١ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ “ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ”USBﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ “ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺍﻧﺒﻮﻩ” ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٨١ .٢ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ USBﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ USBﺑﻪ/ﺍﺯ ﻓﻴﺶ ﻣﺎﺩﮔﻲ ،USBﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ • .١ .٢ .٣ .۴ ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ USBﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻛﭙﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﻛﻠﻴﺪ POWERﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﻠﻐﺰﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺳﭙﺲ ﻛﻠﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ CARDﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ٣٠ ,٢١ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻨﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ DVD) .ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﻲ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ( • ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ USBﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .
ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ) ) VP-DX103( i ) /DX104/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ • ﺳﺎﺧﺘﺎﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ: • ﻧﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺩﻟﺨﻮﺍﻩ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﺪﺍﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻨﺼﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻃﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ. • ﻧﺎﻣﮕﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺗﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ) DCFﻗﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ( ﻣﻲ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ. ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﭘﻴﻜﺮﺑﻨﺪﻱ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ١ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ DPOFﺩﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ.
ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻓﺎﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻭ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻛﭙﻲ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. .١ﺭﻭﺍﻝ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ »ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ« ﺭﺍ ﺍﺟﺮﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ٩۶~٩۵ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺭﺳﺎﻧﻪ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ. • .٢ﻳﻚ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﻧﺎﻡ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ،ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﻛﻠﻴﻚ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. .٣ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻛﭙﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻣﻘﺼﺪ ﻛﺸﻴﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻫﺎ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ) ) VP-DX103( i ) /DX104/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ • • • • • • • • • • .١ .٢ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﺪ .ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٢١ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ،ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ DV Driver, Video Codecﻭ ٩٫٠ DirectXﺑﺎﻳﺴﺘﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ. ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﺋﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺑﻌﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻟﻲ ﺑﺎ ﻃﺮﺍﺣﻲ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﻋﺎﻟﻲ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﻓﺘﺎﺭ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻛﻤﻚ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﻬﺪ ﮔﺎﺭﺍﻧﺘﻲ ﺑﺮﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻨﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﺎﻟﻬﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻟﺬﺕ ﺑﺒﺮﻳﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ ،DVDﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﻭ ﺁﺩﺍﭘﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ١٨ ،١۶ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻭ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ DVDﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .
ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻤﻴﺰﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻭ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻛﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ • • • • • • • • • ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ )ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﻧﮕﻴﻦ ﻛﻤﺎﻧﻲ ﺭﻧﮓ( ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻟﻤﺲ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ .ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺛﺮ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ، ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺭﺍﻣﻲ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻟﺒﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .ﺣﺮﻛﺖ ﺩﻭﺍﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺧﺶ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻏﻴﺮﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻮﺩ.
ﺻﻔﺤﻪ LCD • • • • ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ DVDﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻳﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﻣﺎ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺖ ،ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ: ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮﻱ ﺍﺯ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ LCD ﺍﺯ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺯﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ LCDﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﻳﺶ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ،ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻙ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺧﺸﻦ ﺧﻮﺩﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﭘﺪﻳﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ LCDﺩﻗﺖ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻧﻘﺺ ﺩﺭ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ.
ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭﻱ ﻭ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ١ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٣١ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ٣٧~٣٣ ﺣﺬﻑ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ۴٠ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ DVDﺩﻳﮕﺮ ۴ )ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ( ۵ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ۴٨ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺩﺭ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ DVDﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ۴٨ ۴ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ )ﻏﻴﺮﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ( ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ۴٩ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ۴۶-۴٠ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ) ٧ﻓﺮﻣﺖ( ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ۵٠ DVD-R )( ˝٢/١٣ DVD+R DL )( ˝٢/١٣ – – ١.
۵ ۶ ٧ ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﻜﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ/ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ DVDﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻳﺪ. ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﻲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٨ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﻣﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﻫﺎﻱ DVD+RWﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎ/ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ DVDﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﻚ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ،ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺣﺬﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻣﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﺩ ﺗﺎ ﻣﺠﺪﺩﺍً ﺍﺯ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ،Samsungﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺳﺎﺩﻩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ. ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺻﺮﻓﻪ ﺟﻮﻳﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻭ ﻫﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﻏﻴﺮﻻﺯﻡ ﺑﺸﻮﻧﺪ. ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮﻫﺎ ﻭ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ ﻛﻠﻲ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ ﻧﻤﺎﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ... ﺑﺎﻃﺮﻱ ﺿﻌﻴﻒ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﻗﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ! ﻗﺎﺏ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺩﻳﺴﻜﻬﺎ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ ﺑﺎ ﻳﻚ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺩﺍﭘﺘﻮﺭ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ... ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ ﻧﻤﺎﺩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ... ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﻮﺩ ،ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﺑﺪﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ .ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ،ﺍﻳﻦ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺩﻳﺪ، “ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﺑﻲ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻫﺎ ...ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﻜﻨﻴﺪ”. ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ )) VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( iﻓﻘﻂ( ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ... ﻧﻤﺎﺩ ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻜﺎﻑ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﭘﺮﺍﺳﺖ ﻓﻀﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻓﻲ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ.
ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻻﺕ VP-DX103( i )/DX104/DX105( i )) PictBridgeﻓﻘﻂ( ﭘﻴﻐﺎﻡ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻛﻪ... ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﺭﺗﺮﻳﺞ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﻛﺎﻏﺬ ﺧﻄﺎﻱ ﭼﺎپ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﻛﺎﻏﺬ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﻣﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﺩﺭ ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ. ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻐﻮ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • ﻛﺎﺭﺗﺮﻳﺞ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • ﻛﺎﺭﺗﺮﻳﺞ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﻛﺎﻏﺬ ﺩﺭ ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ .ﺍﮔﺮ ﻛﺎﻏﺬ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ،ﻛﺎﻏﺬ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﭼﺎﭘﮕﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
✪ ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ،ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺭﺧﻮﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻛﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺸﻜﻞ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺣﻞ ﻧﻜﺮﺩ ،ﺑﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﻜﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺗﻌﻤﻴﺮ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ Samsungﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ. ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻞ ﻫﺎ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ.
ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻻﺕ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺁﻳﺪ. ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻗﺎﺏ ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺑﺎﺯ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺷﺮﺡ/ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻞ • ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺧﻴﺲ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺭﻃﻮﺑﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺗﻌﺮﻕ( .ﻳﺎ ﺩﻣﺎﻱ ﺩﺍﺧﻠﻲ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﻏﻴﺮﻣﻌﻤﻮﻝ ﺑﺎﻻﺳﺖ .ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ١ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻳﻚ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺧﻨﻚ ﻭ ﺧﺸﻚ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ .ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١٠۶ • ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﻳﺪﻳﻮﻳﻲ ﻧﺎﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻛﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﻧﻬﺎﺋﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﻪ ﺍﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺭﺳﺪ ،ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ .ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ۴٨-۴٧ • ﺩﻳﺴﻚ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ .
ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻲ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﺨﻤﻴﻦ ﺯﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻛﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﻋﻤﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﺮﺩﻥ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺍﻱ ﻛﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﺎﻥ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺧﻂ ﻋﻤﻮﺩﻱ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ،ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺗﺎﺑﺶ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻟﺤﻈﻪ ﺍﻱ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﻣﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ،ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ /ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﻚ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺭﺍ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ.
ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺷﻮﺩ. ﺷﺮﺡ/ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻞ • • ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ “ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ” ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﻱ “ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ” ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٧٠ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺧﻮﺩﻛﺎﺭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ. ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﻲ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ٧٠ ﺭﻭﻱ ﺳﻄﺢ ﻟﻨﺰ ﮔﺮﺩﻭﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﻟﻨﺰ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. • ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﻲ ﻛﻪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺭﺍ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻻﻣﭗ ﻓﻠﻮﺭﺳﻨﺖ ،ﻻﻣﭗ ﺳﺪﻳﻢ ،ﻳﺎ ﻻﻣﭗ ﺟﻴﻮﻩ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻣﻲ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ،ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﺴﺌﻠﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺭﺥ ﺩﻫﺪ.
ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ/ﺻﺪﺍﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ )ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ،ﭘﺨﺶ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ DVDﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ( ﺷﺮﺡ/ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻞ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻥ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ. ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ۴:٣ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻱ ﺍﻋﻮﺟﺎﺝ ﺍﺳﺖ. ﺻﺪﺍﮔﺬﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ AVﺍﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﭘﺬﻳﺮ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ. • • ﻓﻴﺶ ﺻﺪﺍﻱ ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺻﺪﺍ/ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ،ﺿﺒﻂ ﻛﻨﻨﺪﻩ DVDﻭ ﻏﻴﺮﻩ( ﻭﺻﻞ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ) .ﺭﻧﮓ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ -ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ،ﺭﻧﮓ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ -ﭼﭗ( ﻛﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ )ﻛﺎﺑﻞ (AVﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺘﻲ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ .
ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﺷﻜﺎﻻﺕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ/ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻞ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺖ. • ﺁﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﻲ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﺎﻗﻲ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ؟ ﻣﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻥ )ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺩﻛﻤﻪ ﺍﻱ ﺷﻜﻞ( ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ .ﺁﻧﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺟﺎﻳﮕﺰﻳﻦ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ .ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ١۴ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﺷﺮﺡ/ﺭﺍﻩ ﺣﻞ ﻣﻨﻮ • • • • ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﻣﻨﻮ ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮﻱ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ. ﺷﻤﺎ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺧﺎﻛﺴﺘﺮﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ/ﭘﺨﺶ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻛﻨﻴﺪ. ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻋﻤﻠﻜﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﻴﺘﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻫﻤﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ .
ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻧﺎﻡ ﻣﺪﻝVP-DX100(i)/DX100H/DX102/DX103(i)/DX104/DX105(i) : ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﺳﻴﮕﻨﺎﻝ ﻭﻳﺪﺋﻮ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﻓﺸﺮﺩﻩ ﺳﺎﺯﻱ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﺑﺰﺍﺭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻟﻨﺰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻓﺎﺻﻠﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻧﻲ ﻗﻄﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﺘﺮ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ /LCDﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﺏ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ/ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﺭﻭﺵ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ LCD ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺎﺏ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻫﺎ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﻣﺮﻛﺐ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ ﺻﺪﺍ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﻲ USB ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻛﻠﻲ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ٨.۴ﻭﻟﺖ ،ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﻳﻮﻥ ﻟﻴﺘﻴﻢ ٧.۴ﻭﻟﺖ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮﻱ ﻳﻮﻥ ﻟﻴﺘﻴﻢ ،ﻣﻨﺒﻊ ﻧﻴﺮﻭ ) ١٠٠ﺗﺎ ٢۴٠ﻭﻟﺖ( ۶٠/۵٠ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻣﺼﺮﻓﻨﻴﺮﻭ )ﺿﺒﻂ( ۴.
ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻞ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪSAMSUNG ﺑﺎ . ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪSAMSUNG ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﻛﺰ ﺧﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻱ، ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪSAMSUNG ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﻴﻜﻪ ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﭘﺮﺳﺶ ﻳﺎ ﻧﻈﺮﻱ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ Web Site www.samsung.com/ca www.samsung.com www.samsung.com www.samsung.com/ar www.samsung.com www.samsung.com/cl www.samsung.com/latin www.samsung.com/latin www.samsung.com/latin www.samsung.com/latin www.samsung.com/latin www.samsung.com/latin www.samsung.com/latin www.samsung.com/latin www.samsung.com/latin www.samsung.com/latin www.samsung.com.co www.
ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﺑﺎ RoHS ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺧﻲ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻛﺪﺭ ﺗﺠﻬﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻳﻜﻲ ﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﻜﻲ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭﻱ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ .ﻭ ﻡ ﺍﺯ ۶ﻣﺎﺩﻩ ﺧﻄﺮﻧﺎﻙ -ﻛﺎﺩﻣﻴﻢ ) (Cdﺳﺮﺏ ) ،(Pbﺟﻴﻮﻩ ) ،(Pbﻛﺮﻡ ﻫﮕﺰﺍﻭﺍﻭﺍﻻﻥ ) ،(۶+Crﺑﻲ ﻓﻨﻴﻠﻬﺎﻱ ﭘﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻭﻣﻴﻨﻪ ) PBBﻫﺎ( ،ﺩﻱ ﻓﻨﻴﻞ ﺍﺗﺮﻫﺎﻱ ﭘﻠﻲ ﺑﺮﻭﻣﻴﻨﻪ ) PBDEﻫﺎ( ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﻲ ﻛﻨﻴﻢ. 2008-03-10 ¿ÀÈÄ 3:44:27 Code No. AD68-02550M-00 (AD68-02550M)VP-DX100_IRAN_IB.